-#LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 404
+#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 413
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
+% for customized page headers/footers
+% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
+\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+% change header rule width
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
+
% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
%\let\OrgIndex\index
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_preamble
-\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
+\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
+\begin_modules
+customHeadersFooters
+enumitem
+\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
+\language_package default
\inputencoding auto
\fontencoding global
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
\font_default_family default
-\use_xetex false
+\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
+\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
+\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
+\author 5863208 "ab"
+\author 2090807402 "usti"
\end_header
\begin_body
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-sby the LyX Team
+by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
Version 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, not
+, not as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
- not the mechanics.
+ not with mechanics.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
+This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
\emph on
\begin_inset Quotes eld
describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
+ If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
of this one.
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
only a vertical scrollbar.
There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
- The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
- This, however, is due
- to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
- WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
- as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
+ The first case is large images.
+ To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
+ settings the option
+\family sans
+Scale on Screen
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+LaTeX and LyX options
+\family default
+.
The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
the LyX window.
You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
+reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
.
- Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
-ing sections of this documentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
- You can read
-\emph on
-all
-\emph default
- of the manuals from inside LyX.
- Just select the manual you want read from the
+ You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
+ Just select the manual you want to read from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
- without resorting to configuration files.
- First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
- classes and LaTeX packages are available.
- It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
+Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
+ LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
+ classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
settings.
Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
\family sans
New
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-new.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\family sans
Open
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/file-open.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\family sans
Save
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-write.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\family sans
Print
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Control
\family default
-you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
- can identify them as your changes.
+you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
+ them as your changes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
delete whole words as well as individual characters.
The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
access them.
- We'll start with cut and paste.
+ We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Cut
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/cut.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "cut"
\end_inset
Copy
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/copy.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "copy"
\end_inset
Paste
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/paste.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
Replace
\family default
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
- One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
- it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
- That is, the
-\family sans
-Delete
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
- keys also function as the
-\family sans
-Cut
-\family default
- command.
- Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
-y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
- You'll have to do an
-\family sans
-Undo
-\family default
- to get back the lost text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\family sans
Match whole words only
\family default
- option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
+ option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ LyX offers also an advanced
+\family sans
+Find
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+&
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Replace
+\family default
+ feature that is described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
+Things like notes, floats, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+(the so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+insets
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) can be dissolved.
This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
text.
Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "inset-select-all"
+\end_inset
+
+, the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
+\end_inset
+
+ selects the whole document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
\begin_inset Index idx
Undo
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/undo.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "undo"
\end_inset
to undo some mistake.
Redo
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/redo.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "redo"
\end_inset
to
Redo
\family default
work on almost everything in LyX.
- But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
+ But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
of text.
\end_layout
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
- the table.
-\end_layout
-
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
+LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The menu
+The
\family sans
Navigate
\family default
- lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
- to jump to the corresponding document part.
+ menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
+ click to jump to the corresponding document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The menu
+The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
-
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can set bookmarks in your document under
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ and use the same menu to return to them.
+ Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
- (TOC) that is described in section
+The toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
+\end_inset
+
+ (also
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Back
+\family default
+) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
+ This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
+ to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
+ your last editing position.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By pressing the
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+ key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Outliner
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:The-Outliner"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
+ several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
+ of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
+ces (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-.
- You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
- In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
- Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
- to the document, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+), or notes, or citations (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
-.
+).
+ Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
+ document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
+ menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
+ For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
+ dialog and to modify the citation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
+ in the Outline.
+ For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
+ wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+sub:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
+ you further to control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
- option sorts the current list, and the
+ option sorts the current list alphabetically.
+ Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
+ document.
+ The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
\end_inset
3.
+ Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+depth
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With the buttons
+The
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/reload.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
+ Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
+ in your document.
+ The
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/down.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hspace{}
-\length -3mm
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/up.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hspace{}
-\length -3mm
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
- in your document.
- So you can for example move section
+ buttons move sections up and down in the document.
+ So, for example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.4.
+2.4 or after section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.6.
LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
With the buttons
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/promote.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../images/demote.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
- or the corresponding key bindings
+ (or the corresponding key bindings
\family sans
Tab
\family default
\family sans
Shift-Tab
\family default
- you can change the sectioning level of sections.
+) you can change the level of sections.
So you can for example make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 to chapter
+2.5 chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3 or to subsection
+3 or subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
-\end_inset
-
- jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
- This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
- or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
- go back to your last editing position.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Input / Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
- there are completions available.
- You can then press the
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- key to use this completion.
- When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
- You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
- and accept the chosen completion be pressing
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
+The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-, the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
+) in the section
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
- by deselecting the option
+.
+ With the option
\family sans
-Cursor indicator
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+completion
\family default
-.
+ the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
With the option
\family sans
-Automatic inline completion
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+popup
\family default
- the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
- To accept this proposal, use the
+ the completions are always shown in a popup.
+ The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
+
+\family sans
+Cursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+indicator
+\family default
+.
+ With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
+ popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
+ are completions available.
+ Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
- key.
- With the option
+ key to accept a proposed completion.
+ If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
+ You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
+ and accept the chosen completion be pressing
\family sans
-Automatic popup
+Return
\family default
- the completions are always shown in a popup.
- LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
- in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
+ing options for text.
+ The special math option
+\family sans
+Autocorrection
+\family default
+ enables that characters can be composed.
+ If you for example want to insert the character
+\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset
+, you can then input the characters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
+\series bold
+=>
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ to a formula to get it.
+ So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
+ of the math toolbar.
+ A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
+\family typewriter
+autocorrect
+\family default
+ that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
+ Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
+ mark key '!'.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ turns it off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
- LyX's default is CUA.
+There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+.
+ LyX's default is
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
+\family sans
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Shortcuts
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Up
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
Down
\family default
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tutorial
\emph default
.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
- on which keys it's used in combination with:
+ on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Left
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Home
\family default
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
+ in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
Alt+
\family default
function.
- This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This key does many different things, but it also activates the
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menu.
+ dialog.
Typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
- The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
- The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
- this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
+You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+ LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
+ at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
+ you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
+ The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
+ The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
+ in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
+ it.
However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-Alt+P Shift-A
+Alt+P Shift+A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
+You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
under
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
as explained in sec.
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
+We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
- 6 of the
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
+
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
- Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
+ Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
of the document classes.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
- listed under
+You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\end_inset
.
- Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-the
-\family sans
-iop-article
-\family default
- template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
- that are not installed to produce output.
- So it seems that something is wrong.
+ If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
+ saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
+ not installed.
+ So it may seem that something is wrong.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But nothing is wrong.
+Nothing is wrong.
LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
and some of them, like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
-, are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
- documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
- files, with a growing number.
+, are highly specialized.
+ LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
+ and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
+ number.
No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
-e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
+If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+Unavailable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, you just need to install the appropriate package files.
The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
document class for a new file.
LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
+ in of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
\end_inset
dialog.
- Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
- module.
+ Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
+ it does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
- LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
+Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
+ always installed by default.
+ LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
+ it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
- able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
- If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
- missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
+ able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
+ If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
+ install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
+
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Reconfigure
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Local Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
+ used in a variety of different documents.
+ If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
+ documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
+ Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
+ need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
+ You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
+ What you want is LyX's
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Local Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ See section
+\emph on
+Local Layout
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for information on how to use it.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Properties
\end_layout
Subsubsection
\family default
headings, and so on.
- We'll describe these headings fully in section
+ We will describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
+The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
.
There in the
\family sans
-Options
+Class
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
\family default
field under
\family sans
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
- This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\end_inset
- package installed.
- At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
- preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package for more details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+ installed.
+ How they are defined is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Separation
-\family default
- of paragraphs is described in section
+The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll find the following options in the menu
+You can find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Layout
\family default
- of the dialog of the
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- menu:
+ dialog:
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
The choices are
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A3, A4,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-A5
+A0 - A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B3, B4, B5
+B0 - B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US letter
+C0 - C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US legal
+US letter, US legal, US executive
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-US executive
+JIS B0 - JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Custom
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
- Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+ To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
- Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
+ Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
the old class.
But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
- will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
- paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
+ will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
+s manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
all
\emph default
of these pre-coded spacings.
- We'll explain more later.
+ We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
- The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
- you have to add this line to your document preamble:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-parindent}{Length}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default length is 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
days of typewriters.
- There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
+ There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
document type.
- We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
+ We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Part
\family default
- is divided in either
+ is divided into either
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Chapter*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see section
+ at the end of their name.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
+ the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog.
-\family sans
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
-\family default
Under
\family sans
Numbering
TOC
\family default
- you'll see two counters.
+ you will see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
Numbering
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
- Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
- to change back to the
+ Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
+ have to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment yourself.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
\family sans
Quote
\family default
Quotation
\family default
environment.
- If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
+ If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
the first line, then
\family sans
List
\family default
environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
- We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
- some general features of all four of them.
+ We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
+ describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
- We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The LyX
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
-
+Labeling
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! LyX list
+Lists ! Labeling
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
- the
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is named
-\family sans
Labeling
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Description
\family default
- environment the
+ list the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
- There are the following properties of this list environment:
+ list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
+ features.
+ Here are its properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
items in a
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment have the same left margin.
+ environment has the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
The text in the box
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (equal to 6 M).
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
- only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
-\end_layout
-
+ (equal to 6
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+M).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should use the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment the same way like the
+ list the same way as the
\family sans
Description
\family default
it.
The
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
layout.
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
+ lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
There is yet another feature of the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
- labels by default.
+ list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
+ by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
.
Here are some examples:
-\begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
Left The default for
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
item labels.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
+Customized Lists
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Letters
+Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
+
\family sans
-Address
+Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ in the document settings.
+ This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-Address
-\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- for letters only.
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Address-Usage"
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\noindent
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
+ argument (menu
\family sans
-Address
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short Title
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
-Address
-\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+in TeX Code (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-Who I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Where I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
+
+\emph on
+ enumi
+\emph default
+ is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
+ The command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\series default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- environment:
-\end_layout
+ For Arabic numerals use
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\backslash
+arabic
+\series default
+.
+ To
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Where do I send this
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Your post office and country
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Alph
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alph
+\series default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- or
-\family sans
-Formatting
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
+\end_layout
-Break
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
- environment.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\begin_layout Standard
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
+ by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+As example a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstracts
+
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+\end_inset
+
+Level 1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+
+Level 3
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+Level 4
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\noindent
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the command
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+emph{}
+\series default
+ makes the label emphasized and
+\series bold
-.
- If you've never heard of an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+bf{}
+\series default
+ makes it bold.
+\end_layout
-abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
+ lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
-
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
-\begin_inset Index idx
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! LyX code
+goes back to default numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+regular text
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+resumed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
+To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
-Space
+Enumerate-Resume
\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
+.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
-\family sans
-Protected
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- function).
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
+ next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
+ of a normal enumeration.
+ There, insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+start=number
+\end_layout
-you can't follow
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+where
+\emph on
+number
+\emph default
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
-).
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+first item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second item
+\end_layout
- with a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
- instead.
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
-\emph on
-real
-\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
-.
+This enumeration starts at 4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+List Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
+\begin_layout Standard
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
+ of a list.
+ For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A bullet list
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+with standard spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- program.
-
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
+ of the list.
+ Add there the command
+\series bold
+nolistsep
+\series default
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+
+nolistsep
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
+\end_inset
+
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+without additional
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+vertical space
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nesting"
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
+ and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
+ in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- to item #2:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Argument
+status open
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #1
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #2
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
+labelindent=
+\backslash
+parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Edit
-\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-increment.png
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+with negative indentation
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Customization
+\end_layout
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Shift-Tab
-\family default
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
+\series bold
+font=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
+
+\series bold
+style=definition
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the list style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example where the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
+is used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
-\end_layout
+Ionizing
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+radiation:
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
+labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Date
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
+ energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
+ ionizing them.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Fully
+Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
+counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
+ the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
+ object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Quote
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
+.
+ For more info see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Itemize
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Letters
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, you're not limited to using
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Who I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Where I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+When is it? What is today?
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Where do I send this
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Your post office and country
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, both
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you hit
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ This makes sense, since
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\family sans
+Formatting
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Break
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Abstracts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa.
+ It will not work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Starting a new paragraph by hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragraph in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We'd love to give you directly an example of the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you've never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or vice versa will not work.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, hitting
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a BibTeX database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
+phy handling, have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
+\family sans
+-Code
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! LyX code
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
+\emph on
+real
+\emph default
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ program.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph environments|)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
+ in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Environments
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to item #2:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+one
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+two
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+three
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
+\family sans
+Increase
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Depth
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Edit
+\family default
+ menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
+ will tell you how far you are nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the convenient key bindings
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Shift-Tab
+\family default
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
+
+ to change the nesting level.
+ The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
+ complicated than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Title
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Author
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Verse
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quote
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to e.
+into e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
- well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
+ well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
section headings violate this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
(
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside (a).
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- nested inside (a).
- In fact, it's not nested at all.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
- item of a new list!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
- deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
inside (a).
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
- After this sentence, we'll hit
+ After this sentence, we will hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
\begin_layout LyX-Code
level.
- Now we'll hit
+ Now we will hit
\family sans
Return
\family default
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-, after which, we'll change to the
+, after which, we will change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\end_inset
.
- We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
We're going to go totally nuts now.
- We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
- same detail with how we did it.
+ We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
+ the same detail with how we did it.
(level #1:
\family sans
Enumerate
\family sans
, Standard
\family default
-: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
- example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
+: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
+ the example in parentheses someplace.
+ For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
- Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
+ Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
-Now we'll add verse.
+Now we will add verse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- We'll nest both the
+ We will nest both the
\family sans
Address
\family default
Quotation
\family default
for the letter body.
- We'll use
+ We will use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\begin_layout Standard
The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
(shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
).
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsubsection
More Spaces
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:More-Spaces"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- Enspace (0.5
+ Enspace
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
the remaining space between the left and right margins.
If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
equally between themselves.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here a few examples what you can do with them:
+Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Phantom Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
.
- The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
+ The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
dimension.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series default
\series medium
-When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Alignment
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! Alignment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paragraph Settings
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
There are five possibilities:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
can force a page break where you want one.
Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
+We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
until you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
+There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
See chapter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
\family default
breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
the page margins.
- This is necessary to avoid
+ This is useful to avoid
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
+ in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
In the dialog
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
you can insert horizontal lines.
The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
- are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
+ are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
well suited for scaling to any requested size.
This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
- This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
+ This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
- are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
+ designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
use scalable fonts.
details.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaTeX font support
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
+ That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
+ operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
+ distribution.
+ The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
+ which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
+ The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
+ to usual word processors.
+ On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
+ are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
+ across different machines.
+ Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
+ lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
+ fonts.
+ In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details).
+ However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
+ in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
+ font).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
+ directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
+ XeTeX and LuaTeX.
+ Both engines are supported by LyX.
+ By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
+ that is installed on your system.
+ The next section describes how to use these fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
+es; so you might have to experiment.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
+ as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Font and Font size
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_inset
dialog.
- There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
- font shapes roman (serif),
+ In the
+\family sans
+Fonts
+\family default
+ section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
+ three different font shapes — roman (serif),
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
serif
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
- and its scalings.
+ (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
+ (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
+ the roman font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The possible options for the font include
+If you select
\family sans
-default
+Use non-T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX fonts
\family default
- and a list of fonts available on your system.
-
+, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
+ This requires that you use
\family sans
-default
+PDF (XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF (LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
\family default
- uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
+ or
+\family sans
+DVI (LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ as the output format, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
+ Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
+ (roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
+ Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
+ to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or font failures.
+ LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
+ font include
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
+ If you select
+\family sans
+Default,
+\family default
+ the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
+ In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
-).
+), but some classes preset different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
- There are three ways to use one:
+ Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-One way is to use the
+select the
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
+
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as the default font.
+ It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
+ Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ looks identical to
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+One difference is improved kerning.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+or select the
+\family sans
AE
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Almost
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+European)
\family default
- fonts.
+ fonts in (the rare) case that
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+ is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
+ the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
\family typewriter
AE
\emph on
one
\emph default
- glyph, they are build of
+ glyph, but built of
\emph on
two
\emph default
characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you can't search in documents using the
+ Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
+ using the
\family typewriter
AE
\family default
- fonts for words with accented characters.
+ fonts.
If you search for example for the French word
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
+ in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
+ for the glyph
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Other fonts, like
+If you do not like the look of
\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
+cm
\family default
- or
+/
\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
+ec
\family default
-, consist of these three main font types
-\family sans
-sans
+, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-typewriter
+
+\family typewriter
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-serif
+ or
+\family typewriter
+ Palatino
\family default
.
-\end_layout
+ Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif and typewriter fonts,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-:
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
+g.,
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
- as roman font,
+ selects
\family sans
-
-\family typewriter
Helvetica
\family default
- scaled to 92 or 95
+ for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-% as sans
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+a real font
+\emph on
+family
+\emph default
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in case of
+\family sans
+Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif font, and
-\family typewriter
-courier
+Modern
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
\family default
- as typewriter font.
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ but you can also select your own.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
serif
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
\end_inset
The font
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
+ Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The best solution is to use the
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
-) fonts.
- These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- as the default font.
- In most cases they look the same as
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One difference is improved kerning for the
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- fonts.
-\end_layout
-
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, but
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-ec
+Roman
\family default
-.
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-For the font size there are four possible values:
+For the font size there are generally four possible values:
\family sans
-default, 10
+Default, 10
\family default
,
\family sans
11
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
12
\family default
.
+ Some classes provide additional sizes.
The size of
\family sans
-default
+Default
\family default
- depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
+ depends on the class you are using.
+ In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The font sizes are the
+Note that the font size is the
\emph on
base size
\emph default
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Default Family
+\family default
+ selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
+ be roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif or typewriter.
+ The
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
+ this.
+ In most cases,
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family typewriter
+
+\family sans
+LaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X font encoding
+\family default
+ selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
+ the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+fontenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
+ Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With some fonts, the checkboxes
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
+\family default
+ are available.
+ These are extra features some fonts provide.
+ If
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
+ are used.
+ Old style figures are the numerals (0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
+ letters.
+
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
+\family default
+ determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
+ of scaled capitals.
+ Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
+ better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
The field
\family sans
CJK
\series default
.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! CJK
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
So this has no effect for the document language
\family sans
Japanese
\family default
- that doesn't use
+ that does not use
\series bold
CJK
\series default
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Itemize
click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-noun.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-emph.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Quotation
\emph on
-Don't overuse character styles!
+Do not overuse character styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog or press the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+.
There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property which you can choose.
+ font property that you can choose.
You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
No
Size
\family default
Alters the size of the font.
- You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
-nal to the document font size.
+ You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
+ proportional to the document font size.
Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
what you want to do.
The options are:
)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Increase
+\family default
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size increase"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\family default
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size decrease"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
+We warn you
\emph on
yet again
\emph default
: don't go crazy with this feature.
You should almost never need to change the font size.
LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- — use that instead.
+ — use those instead.
This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
- We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- It's only included in LyX because some people
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
+ when you could not change fonts.
+ One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ This is only possible in LyX because some people
\emph on
may
\emph default
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uuline on
+This is text with Double underbar on.
+
+\uuline default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underunderline"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
+ about double underbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Wavy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uwave on
+This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+
+\uwave default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underwave"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
+ Keep antinausea pills handy.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Strikeout
+\family default
+
+\strikeout on
+This is text with Strikeout on.
+
+\strikeout default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-strikeout"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
+ changed in the meantime.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
Noun
\family default
the language of the document.
Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
(only within LyX).
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
+ the German hyphenation rules automatically.
+ When using the spell checking (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Style
\family default
dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them using the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
-
+ You can activate them by using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
- when the dialog isn't visible.
-
+ The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
+ isn't visible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- font, that means every character has the same width, the
+ font, which means every character has the same width; the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:More-Spaces"
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
\end_inset
at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
- The following example will show the difference:
+ The following example shows the difference:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Sans serif
\family default
- don't use serifs.
- This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
+ is not recommended to use a base type.
+ This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ refers to applying or removing font properties.
+ When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
+ the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
+ to be removed.
+ If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
+ currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
+ and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
+ G.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Never toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+always toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
+ For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Family
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ If
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+all
+\family default
+ is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
+ of them are.
+ Finally,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is never toggled.
+ If you e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Series
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and select
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+all
+\family default
+, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
+ series (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
+ confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
+Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-ASCII
+Simple text (ASCII)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
+You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ or
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-ASCII
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ps2ascii)
\family default
.
+ The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
+n to ASCII.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
+You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
eX
\family default
+.
+ The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
+DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
- you view the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
+ them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
+ when you view the DVI.
+ So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X).
+
+\family default
+ The latter option uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
\family default
.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Adobe
\family default
as a printer language.
- The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
+ The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
file.
PostScript can be seen as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
).
As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50
+ If you have e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+50
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
images in your document, LyX has to do 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-conversions whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
+conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
+ This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\end_inset
).
- You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
- in the background to one of these formats.
+ You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
+ background to one of these formats.
But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
will slow down your workflow.
- So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
+ So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export
\family default
- in three different ways:
+ in different ways:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ps2pdf) This uses the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
(pdflatex) This uses the program
\family typewriter
pdftex
+\family default
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
\family default
that converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+ is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
+y written Japanese.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an even newer engine, derived from
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
+ access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend to use
+We recommend using
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\family default
supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
works without problems.
- The program
+ If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or specific OpenType fonts, you might
+ want to try out
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X)
+\family default
+ instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
+ as
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+pdflatex
\family default
- is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
.
It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
- It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
- when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
+ It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
+ When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
suitable for the purpose.
- Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
- it, but not all do.
+ For the math output you can choose in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output
+\family default
+ between different formats, which are described in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
See the chapter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
LyX and the World Wide Web
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
, in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
- in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
+ breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+
\family sans
View
\family default
- and choose a file type.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
- For
+ and choose
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+View
\family default
- you can use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
+ or use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
+\end_inset
+.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "buffer-view dvi"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
\end_inset
-), for
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
-, and for
+).
+ Further output formats can be selected via
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+Other Formats
\family default
- the toolbar button
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
-
-\end_inset
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "buffer-view ps"
\end_inset
-).
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Update
\family default
-.
+ or
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update (Other Formats)
+\family default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Print
\family default
or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the parameters in the
+You can set the following print parameters in the
\family sans
Print
\begin_inset space ~
Destination
\family default
- box as follows:
+ box:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens
+Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dashes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
math mode and has a length of its own.
- Here are some examples of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- in use:
+ Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
\series bold
babel
\end_inset
- following the rules of the document language
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
-
-\family sans
-German
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-German
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(new
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-spelling)
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ following the rules of the document language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
+ If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
+ manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
of the
\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
.
That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
+ gets after another word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
correct
\emph default
- abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
+ abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the behavior of the
+You can specify what character the
\family sans
"
\family default
- key using the submenu
+ key produces using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
- of the dialog
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\end_inset
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
+ dialog in the box
\family sans
-Type
+Quote Style
\family default
- option.
+.
There are six choices:
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
-
-single
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
- or 'this
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes gls
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grs
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes pls
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prs
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes fls
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frs
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes als
-\end_inset
-
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ars
-\end_inset
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These settings affect what character the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produces.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] may have more information.
+) may have more information.
You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\end_layout
Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(xxx)
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+notes
+\family default
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
- How this can be done is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
- scale 85
- scaleBeforeRotation
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
Footnote
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
,
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
-you'll see
+you will see
\family default
\series default
\bar default
\series medium
\bar no
.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
- on the footnote
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
\family default
\series default
\bar default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example footnote:
+Here is an example footnote:
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
position where the footnote box is placed.
The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
- no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
- LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
+ The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
+ in.
+ LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
+ schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
T
\family roman
h
\family default
ey are described in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
Note
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
-, you'll see
+, you will see
\family roman
\series medium
a
\family default
\series default
- grey
+
\family roman
\series medium
-box with a
+box with the
\family default
\series default
- red
+
\family roman
\series medium
label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the side is an example marginal note.
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
\family roman
\series medium
\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
This is a marginal note.
pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Notes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Graphics and Images
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Standard
To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
or select
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
LaTeX and LyX options
\family default
tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
- You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
The option
\family sans
Draft
\family default
is explained in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual in section
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
in the text.
This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/mobius.eps
scale 70
- rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
+reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\end_inset
, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
+ LyX therefore uses the program
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
in the background to convert the images to the right format.
To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
data loss.
- The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
- In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
- scale 85
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
or the menu
This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
them.
- Here's an example table:
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
- brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
- where the cursor is placed currently.
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
+\family sans
+More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally to the table dialog, the
+In addition to the table dialog, the
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
toolbar
\family default
helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
cell, spread over more than one column/row.
Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
degrees counterclockwise.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
- The others will then be defined as
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
\emph on
empty
\emph default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header.
-
+header
\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Section*
\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
- for the cell's paragraph.
+, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
You can cut and paste even more than one row.
\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
have a fixed location.
Notes
\family default
are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the page.
+ too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
-, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
+ the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
Floats are therefore numbered.
Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
To insert a float, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Floats
+Float
\family default
.
- A box with a caption that has e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-#:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
the output.
After the label you can insert the caption text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
+Examples
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+\end_inset
+
+ was created using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure
\family default
- inserts a float with the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-#:
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
.
- Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
- the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Platypus"
-
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ in front of or behind the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Escher"
-
+Settings
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
.
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
width 50col%
- rotateOrigin center
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Platypus"
+name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Escher"
-
-\end_inset
-
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- scale 80
- rotateOrigin center
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it.
- As described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Label
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
and refer to it using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
.
It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
references like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
- at all.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_inset Float figure
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
-\family sans
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Figures
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Table
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
+\end_inset
+
.
They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
label.
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Table-float"
+reference "tab:Table-float"
\end_inset
- is an example of a table float.
+ is a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Table-float"
+name "tab:Table-float"
\end_inset
2
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
+
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Minipages"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
+ called minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formulas | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+ in it.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Joe
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Mary
-\end_layout
+typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ted
+.
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
+, or a matrix
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
+ the space character (visible space).
\end_layout
\end_inset
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+, type
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Algorithm floats
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
-\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
-, described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
++1
\series default
- that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
-\end_layout
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name}
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Shift
\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-name
-\series default
- is the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Exponents
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in your language.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wrap Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
+Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-lines 0
-placement l
-overhang 0in
-width "40col%"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- width 40col%
- rotateOrigin center
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
\end_inset
+), but the much easier way is to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
-This is a wrapped figure.
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-This float type is used if you want to
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ hat
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-wrap
+^
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
+, you have to use an extra
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wrap
-\begin_inset space ~
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the hat and the character.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Float
-\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
\series bold
-wrapfig
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+a
\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
+Math ! Fractions
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction with either the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or using the icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
\end_inset
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
- Figure
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
\end_inset
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available units are explained in Appendix
+Math ! Roots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+ or the commands
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
.
-\end_layout
+ With the command
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ produces always a square root.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
- that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
- other text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Integrals
\end_layout
\end_inset
- In general:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
- place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
- page breaks will appear.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Rotating
-\end_layout
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
+ formulas.
+ Such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and hitting
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
+ or using the menu
\family sans
-Rotate
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
- have a multicolumn document).
- You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
-\family sans
-Span
+Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-columns
+Type
\family default
.
- Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
- Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
- format is also the same: Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+Certain other mathematical expressions have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
-
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is an example of a rotated table float.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ feature as addition, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
+Math ! Limits
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways true
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
+\end_inset
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
- Rotated table
-\end_layout
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-test
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-d
+ for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e
+Math ! Symbols
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Placement
+Math ! Spaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
-The option
+ or use the
\family sans
-Span
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-columns
+Panel
\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The option
+ button
\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset
-sideways
+
\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+ appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and hit space again several times.
+ With every space hit the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
-default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-placement
-\family default
-:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
-possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Functions
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Functions"
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-floats: try to place the float at an own page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
+The
\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-if
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-possible
+Panel
\family default
-, then
+ contains under the button
\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each option has its own rules:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\family default
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the top of a page
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Page
+For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
+s are placed, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-floats
-\family default
-: only if more than 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+
\end_inset
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
- on a page.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
-\family sans
-Ignore
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Accents
+\end_layout
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-rules
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-definitely
-\family default
-.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
- when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
-\end_layout
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+\end_inset
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+\end_inset
+
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Minipages"
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
-
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
-\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
+Name
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+\backslash
+hat
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+grave
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
- to other box types.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+ddot
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\backslash
+tilde
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-mode.png
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-A=B\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_layout
-typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
-\family default
-.
+breve
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
-\end_inset
-
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+check
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+bar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vector
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
\backslash
-spce
+vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)\]
-
\end_inset
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Shift
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decorations
\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-
-\series default
.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+ For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
+
\end_inset
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
+\family default
+ keys.
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+\]
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
+\end_layout
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- hat
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
+\family sans
+Keep
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+matched
+\family default
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown below the button field.
+ If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
-, you have to use an extra
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
+ you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
+ go inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
-Space
+Insert
\family default
- to separate the hat and the character.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+.
+ The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
+ the structure and enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
-if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
+Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
-.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
-\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction with either the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.png
- scale 60
-
-\end_inset
-
- in the
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
+ matrix button
\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
-\end_layout
+\family default
+.
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
-\family sans
-Math
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
-
-\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
.
- With the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- produces always a square root.
-\end_layout
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ LyX proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
- formulas.
- Such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, versus
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
+\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and hitting
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- or using the menu
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-Limits
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Type
+Environment
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ or the command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature as addition, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
-
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- underneath the
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-lim
+=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further hit of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
\series default
.
- Have a look at section
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Functions"
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
- ,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
-\end_inset
-
- or to use the
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Numbering
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.png
-
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+ The formula number appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ within parentheses.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and hit space again several times.
- With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
-\end_layout
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
+ is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Numbering
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
-\end_layout
-
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Line
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Functions"
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended to use the proposed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Panel
+
+\family sans
+eq:
\family default
- contains under the button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/functions.png
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
+ placeholder
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+#
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Reference
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
-\end_inset
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
-s are placed, as described in section
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
+\family sans
+Del
+\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Macros
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
- even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Typefaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
+
+\family default
+, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
-
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-circumflex
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-hat
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-grave
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-ddot
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-dot
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here is an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ denotes the set of numbers:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
+\]
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+put a character in
+\family sans
+Fraktur
+\family default
+ in a box for
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
\backslash
-breve
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-check
-\end_layout
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
+\]
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
+e.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-bar
-\end_layout
+\family default
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
+, which is normally in
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-vec
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Theorem Modules
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
+ the document classes and into layout modules.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Layout Modules
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/hat.png
+ As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
+ other than the AMS classes.
+ See section
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Modules"
\end_inset
- in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
+ for more on layout modules.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
+AMS-LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
+AMS math
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+Math ! AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
-\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/delim.png
-
+Selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]\]
-
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
-
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
+ dialog under
\family sans
-Keep
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-matched
+Options
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown below the button field.
- If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+ will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
+
\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- matrix button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.png
-
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)\]
+ A gray label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
+ The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-l
+enu:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+ stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-r
-\family default
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-, and
+if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
+ be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-c
+sec:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
-c
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-lcr
+enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\, column & this\, column\\
-column & has & has\, right\\
-has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.\]
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Alternatively to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "enu:Second-item"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Environment
-\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}\]
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are six formats of cross-references:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further hit of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
-\family sans
-Ctrl-Tab.
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
+<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:asquared"
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-).
- The other types are described in section
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+ installed.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Numbering
+You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
+\family sans
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+\family default
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document Class
\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
-
.
- The formula number appears in LyX as
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-#
+
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- within parentheses.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+) can be done with this command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
- is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
-1+1=2\end{equation}
+\series bold
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
-\end_layout
+For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Numbering
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-of
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Line
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
-\end_inset
-
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+<page>
\family default
- when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended to use the proposed
+ will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
+ or the next page.
+ You will e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+see the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-eq:
+on this page
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ instead.
+ The style
+\family sans
+<reference> on page <page>
+\family default
+ will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
+\end_layout
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
+e.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
- placeholder
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross
+Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Reference
+Back
\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
+\end_inset
+
.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
-\end_inset
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to think about this.
+\end_layout
-).
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
+ marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
+References are described in detail in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Referencing Floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
-\end_layout
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Contents
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
+.
+ Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
+\family sans
+Outline
+\family default
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Outline
+\family default
+ that is described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:The-Outliner"
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+TOC
+\family default
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+URLs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+Hyperlinks
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:URLs"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+\begin_layout Standard
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+
+http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
+\family default
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathrm
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyperlinks"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathbf
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyperlink
+\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+.
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
+\family sans
+Target
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+.
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+
\end_inset
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+
+\end_inset
+, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
-\backslash
-mathit
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+\family sans
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
-\backslash
-mathtt
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Appendices
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+Appendix
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathbb
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendices are created with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Start
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix region.
+ The region is marked with a red borderline.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Credits"
-\backslash
-mathfrak
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+; Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathcal
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathsf
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually, using the paragraph environment
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+, which was described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
+.
+ If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
+ document, like author-year citations, then you must
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+use a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+Within the
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Bibliography
\family default
- and
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
-Calligraphic
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
+You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
\family sans
-Space
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
+ When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
+ the reference.
+\end_layout
- in
+\begin_layout Standard
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Label
\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
-
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Credits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
+Have a look at the
\family sans
-Typewriter
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
\family default
:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Databases
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! BibTeX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
-\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
-\begin_inset space ~
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- of the
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+.bib
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
-
-\end_inset
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
--x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
-\end{cases}\]
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
\end_inset
+ and in LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
-\family default
-.
- For most characters,
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
- and
+To use a database, use the menu
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
+/
\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
-e.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.png
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
+ The option
\family sans
-textstyle
+Add bibliography to TOC
\family default
-, larger in
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Content
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
-\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+
\end_inset
-:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Theorem Modules
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
- the document classes and into layout modules.
-\begin_inset Index idx
+To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
+ You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
+ either in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ or in LyX's preferences under
+\family sans
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Layout Modules
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
- other than the AMS classes.
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Modules"
-
-\end_inset
- for more on layout modules.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
+ other bibliography packages (like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
-\end_layout
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+), only with the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
+ letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, except of
+\series bold
+biblatex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
+ larger memory than
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
+BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
+ of the variants.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
+
\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+BibTeX
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX"
-AMS
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-package
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you select the option
+\family sans
+Sectioned bibliography
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+ dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
+ This and other options are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with BibTeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- dialog under
+\begin_layout Standard
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Options
+alphadin.bst
\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Bibliography layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Bibliography ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to enable the option
+\family sans
+Natbib
\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
+ the citation reference window.
+ Here is an example where the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ appears after the reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index generation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+name "sec:Index"
\end_inset
-Second item
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+An index entry is created if you use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/label-insert.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- A grey label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
-
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Index
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-enu: Second-item
+Entry
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
+ by LyX as the index entry.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
-enu:
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+List
+\family default
.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
+ A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-sec:
+Index
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
- scale 85
+We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
\end_inset
.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Grouping
+\end_layout
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
-\end_layout
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively to
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
-\family sans
-Copy as Reference
-\family default
-.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paste
-\family default
- (shortcut Ctrl+V).
-\end_layout
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
+reference "sub:Lists"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
-
+, we insert the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
- between them.
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
+and the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the enumerated list in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "sec:Enumerate"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The exclamation mark
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Equation
+!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Page Ranges
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Page ranges
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-page
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
-
+ with the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
+\end_layout
-page
+\begin_layout Standard
+and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
+ with the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+The commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+|(
+\series default
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
+|)
\series default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
-\end_layout
+ respectively start and end the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Document ! Settings
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+Index ! Cross referencing
\end_layout
\end_inset
- installed.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+GIF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
+ (in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
- or the next page.
- You will e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+GIF|see{Image formats}
+\end_layout
-see the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+ The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-on this page
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Entry order
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
- The style
-\family sans
-<reference> on page <page>
-\family default
- will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
-\family sans
-Format
-\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
-e.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
-\family sans
-<reference>
-\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- is always possible.
-\end_layout
+If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
+ follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+ does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Label
-\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Back
-\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to take care about this.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
- marks in the output instead of the reference.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+, and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
+maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
+Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
+Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
-
\end_inset
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
+ maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+In our case we want to have
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
-\family sans
-Outline
-\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Outline
-\family default
- that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ after
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Navigating"
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+maïs@maison
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
+ You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
+ See the next subsection for an example.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
+ program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+to generate the index (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
-\begin_inset space ~
+).
+
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
+ sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
-\end_layout
+ after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
+ index commands start with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\series bold
+LaTeX-packages !
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
+ To fix this
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+OrgIndex
+\backslash
+index
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+index}[1]{
+\backslash
+OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
+Index ! Entry layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+Dummy entries !
+\shape italic
+This is an italic dummy entry
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:URLs"
-
+ You can also format the page number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
-\family default
-.
+
+\series bold
+italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+to get the page number in italic.
+\begin_inset Index idx
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.lyx.org
+Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
-\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ means
\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+command{page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyperlinks"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyperlink
+makeindex
\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/href-insert.png
+to generate the index, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
+ If you use
\family sans
-Target
+xindy
\family default
- and
+, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because
\family sans
-Name
+xindy
\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
+ requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
+ for details.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-run:
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
-\family sans
-\series bold
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
+ above.
+ Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
+ Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
+ the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
+ If so, put the following in the preamble
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+IndexDef}[1]{
+\backslash
+textit{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
-\family sans
-Color links
-\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+and write
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-to the field
-\family sans
-Additional options
-\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the index entry.
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
+ insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
+ change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-Here
+we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
+ for all index entries.
+ For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
+\emph on
+Index Style File
+\emph default
+, see the
+\family sans
+makeindex
\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix region.
- The region is marked with a red borderline.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
-
-\end_inset
-
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+ or
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ documentation for details,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Index ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
+name "sub:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
+If the index entry program
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-BibTeX-database
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Makeindex
+\family default
+ is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
+ that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
+ We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
+ However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
+ to use
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
+ Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
.
- If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
- document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
-\end_layout
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindy"
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
+ the index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
+If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
+ given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or the options in
\family sans
-Label
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
\family default
.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
+ This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
+ to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multiple Indexes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
+ For instance, you might need to set up a separate
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
+Index of Names
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as key.
+ next to the standard index.
+ LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
+ that add this feature.
+ LyX uses the
+\series bold
+splitidx
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
+\end_inset
+
+ package to generate multiple indexes.
+ The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
- When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
- the reference.
+ Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
+ includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ Please consult the package's manual for details.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
+To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
+\family default
+ and select the option
\family sans
-Label
+Use multiple Indexes
\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+.
+ Note that the list
+\family sans
+Available Indexes
+\family default
+ already contains the standard index
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Credits
+Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+.
+ To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
+ also appear as a heading) to the
+\family sans
+New
+\family default
+ input field and press the
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ button.
+ The new index now also appears in the list.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
+ index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
+Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
+ list in
\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+TOC
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
+ The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
+ are additional features:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
+ on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
+ Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Subindex
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
+ as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
+ to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_layout Section
+Nomenclature / Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
+Nomenclature
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
+Glossary|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+name "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
+Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
+ document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
+ glossary.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
- concerning them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
- cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
- that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ A gray box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-.bib
+Nom
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and in LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
+ The second is the description of the symbol.
+\end_layout
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
-\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
-\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
+If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formulas.
+ For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-.bst
-\family default
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+, insert this:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information how this is done, have a look at
+
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ character starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+\backslash
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
+\series bold
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
-\end_layout
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
-es dialog under
-\family sans
-Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-{}
+\end_inset
+
+.)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot use the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX
+Style
\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ in this document is:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-command
-\family default
- field.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
-
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+The command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif
\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with BibTeX
-\emph default
- of the
+ use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
\emph on
-Additional Features
+emphasized
\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ use
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\family sans
-alphadin.bst
-\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
+Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
+\emph on
+a
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ They will be sorted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\family sans
-Natbib
+a
\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
\family default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
+ – the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
+\family sans
+Sort
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
+as
+\family default
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the example given, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ in this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
- to appear after the reference:
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+key "nomencl"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Index
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Options
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index generation
+Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Index"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An index entry is created if you use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
+The
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Entry
+
+\family sans
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/index-insert.png
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- A box labeled
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-Index
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
- The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as the index entry.
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+page
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ In this document the options
+\series bold
+refpage, intoc
+\series default
+ are used.
+\end_layout
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-List
-\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
+
\family sans
-Index
+Description
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping Index Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Grouping
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
+\series bold
+refeq
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+\series bold
-.
- First we create the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+nomrefeq
+\backslash
+nomrefpage
+\end_layout
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
- in section
+\backslash
+nomnorefeq,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
+\backslash
+nomnorefpage,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Itemize"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, we insert the command
+\backslash
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+Words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
-\end_layout
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the command
+ are automatically translated for some document languages.
+ If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-for the enumerated list in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
+\backslash
+nobreakspace(#1)}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Enumerate"
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
+and replace
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-!
+see equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
- An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
- If we don't have an index entry for
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Lists
+page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+ by their translation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Page Ranges
+Printing the Nomenclature
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Page ranges
+Nomenclature ! Printing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
- in section
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+/
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- with the command
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
+ You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Description
+Default a space of 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|(
+cm is used
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and another entry at the end of section
+\begin_layout Description
+Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-
+label
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- with the command
+width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|)
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom custom space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The commands
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
\series bold
-|(
+
+\backslash
+nomname
\series default
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family roman
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Program
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Program
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+
\end_inset
-\series bold
-|)
-\series default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ by adding options, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- respectively start and end the index range.
- You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
- An example is the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
\end_inset
-Document ! Settings
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl,makeindex"
+
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Cross referencing
+Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Branches
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-GIF
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Branches"
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\end_layout
-) to the index entry
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, either select the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert New Branch
+\family default
+ (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog to
+\family sans
+Branches
+\family default
+, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
+ state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
+ its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
+ be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
+ (see below for an example).
+ Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
+ to the name of the other) and to add
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Image formats
+unknown branches
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the same section using the entry
+ (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
+, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
+\family default
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
+ on them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
- The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
- The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Order
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry order
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
- section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you activate
+\family sans
+Filename Suffix
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branches
+\family default
+, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
+ Consider for example a file
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+Exam.lyx
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+ which has the above branches.
+ If
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maison
+Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+ is active, the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
+Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and
+ if both the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maître
+Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
-\end_layout
-
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
-\end_layout
-
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
-\end_layout
-
+ branch were inactive,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
-\end_layout
+Exam-Question.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-previous entry@current entry
-\end_layout
+Question
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In our case we want to have
+ branch was active, likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maison
+Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after
+ if only the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-maïs
+Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ branch was active, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-maïs@maison
-\end_layout
+Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
+ if both branches were active.
+ This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
+ much hassle.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
+To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
+ like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
+ branch.
+ For example you can define for the question branch
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-).
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
- sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
- after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
- index commands start with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
+newcommand{
\backslash
-index
+question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand*{
-\backslash
-index}[1]{
+newcommand{
\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
+answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+and for the answer branch
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries !
-\shape italic
-This is an italic dummy entry
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- You can also format the page number using the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-|
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- means
-\series bold
\backslash
-command{page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
+\end_layout
-number}
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
- If you use
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
- they can be used, see
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "p. 678 ff."
-key "latexcompanion"
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- for details.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
- above.
- Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
- Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
- the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in the preamble
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+Now it is possible to use the commands
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+
\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
+answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ to obtain conditional output.
+ Here is an example formula where only the
+\series bold
+
\backslash
-textit{#1}}
-\end_layout
+question
+\series default
+ part appears:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
+\]
-\begin_layout Standard
-and write
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in the index entry.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
- The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
- change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
+Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
+ files (e.g.
+ any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
+ For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
+ section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Flex insets and InsetLayout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
- for all index entries.
- For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
-\emph on
-Index Style File
-\emph default
-, see the
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
- documentation for details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+).
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+PDF Properties
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:PDF-Properties"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Program
+PDF properties
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the index entry program
+The
\family sans
-xindy
+Document Settings
\family default
- is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+ dialog allows you in the
\family sans
-makeindex
+PDF Properties
\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
+ to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
+ All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
+ This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
+ table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
+ document part.
+ You can specify in the dialog tab
\family sans
-Makeindex
-\family default
- is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
- that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
- So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
- We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
- However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
- to use
-\family sans
-xindy
+Hyperlinks
\family default
-.
+ how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ are created.
+ The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
+ entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
+ is referenced.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
+ document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
+ or not.
+ With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
+ be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
+ For example level
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
- dialog, see section
+2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+1 will only display the sections.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header information in the dialog tab
+\family sans
+General
+\family default
+ are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
+ Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-.
- In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
- the index.
+automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
+ This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+ When the option
+\family sans
+Automatic fill header
+\family default
+ is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
+ title and author settings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or the options in
+The option
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
+Load in fullscreen mode
\family default
-.
- This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
- to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Multiple Indexes
+ will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
- For instance, you might need to set up a separate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Index of Names
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
- packages that add this feature.
- LyX uses the
+PDF properties are also used in this document.
+ When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
+
\series bold
-splitidx
+hyperref
\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- package to generate multiple indexes.
- The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
- If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
+ options are used.
+ For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+key "hyperref"
\end_inset
.
- Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
- includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
- Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
-\family default
- and select
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:TeX-Code"
-Use multiple Indexes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Note that the list of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Available Indexes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- below already contains the standard index.
- To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
- also appear as a heading) to the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+TeX Code Boxes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-New
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TeX Code
+\end_layout
- input field and press the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Add
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- button.
- The new index should now appear in the list as well.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
- by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+
\end_inset
-Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- button.
- The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
- indexes in the LyX work area.
+\begin_layout Standard
+As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
+ constructs, but not all.
+ LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
+ All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
+ is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
+ But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
+ commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
- list in
+But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
+ TeX Code box.
+ A TeX Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
+TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+Code
+\family default
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- and the
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
+ it and selecting
\family sans
-Insert
+Close Inset
\family default
- menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
- The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are some additional features:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
+ using the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+fbox
+\series default
+, you can write the command part
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+fbox{
+\series default
+ in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
+\series bold
+}
+\series default
+ in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
+ The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
+ the following example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ERT.png
+ scale 89
-Subindex
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
- as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
- to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclature / Glossary
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature
+\begin_layout Standard
+gives
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Glossary|see
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with a
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
+
+\backslash
+fbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Nomenclature
+framed
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
+ word.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nomenclature"
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
- document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
- glossary.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
- installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
- and then use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family default
-N
-\family sans
-omenclature
-\begin_inset space ~
+When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
+ about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Entry
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
+program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ your text.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
+ any time if you know the right commands.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- A gray box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
+ end of the day.
+ Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ in your manual.
+ Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ day.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now LaTeX comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
+ database,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Catalogue"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
- The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
- The second is the description of the symbol.
+As result you find that the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is what you need.
+ To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+) with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage[options]{package name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+ two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
+ Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In your case the package name is
\series bold
-Note:
+caption
\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+.
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+
+\series bold
+labelfont=bf
+\series default
+ will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
+ So you add the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Definition and Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+to the preamble and the problem is solved.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Layout
+For more commands provided by the
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+ package, have a look at its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "caption"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
+ like your case.
+ For example if you use a
\family sans
-Symbol
+KOMA-Script
\family default
- field as LaTeX-formulas.
- For example to get
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
-
+ class, you don't need the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+, you can instead write
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-, insert this:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the preamble and the problem is solved.
+ So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
+ documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ (
\series bold
-$
+
\backslash
-sigma$
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+setkomafont
+\series default
+ is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
+ To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
+ the previous section.
+\end_layout
-\series default
-The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
+ LaTeX-books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset
-\backslash
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
- like
-\series bold
\backslash
-Sigma
-\series default
-.
+pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.)
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot use the
-\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Left Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-Style
-\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
- For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- in this document is:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-dummy entry for the character
\backslash
-textsf{sigma}
-\series default
+rightmark
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-textsf
-\series default
- sets the fonts to
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-serif
-\family default
-.
- To get
-\series bold
-bold
-\series default
- font use the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+defines the header line as described below
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-textbf
-\series default
-, for
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- use
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-texttt
-\series default
-, for
-\emph on
-emphasized
-\emph default
- use
-\series bold
-\backslash
-emph
-\series default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Center Header
+\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Sort order
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
- This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
- Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
-\emph on
-a
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "a"
-description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+\begin_layout Right Header
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+leftmark
+\end_layout
-\emph default
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-prefix "sigma"
-symbol "$\\sigma$"
-description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- They will be sorted by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-a
-\family default
+\begin_layout Left Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-$
\backslash
-sigma$
-\family default
+thepage
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- – the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
- will be sorted before the
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- since the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is considered in sorting.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To control the sort order, you can edit the
+\begin_layout Center Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\family sans
-Sort
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
+\end_layout
-as
-\family default
- field of the nomenclature dialog.
- Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
- definition.
- For the example given, you can insert
-\family typewriter
-sigma
-\family default
- in this field for the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-, then
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- will be located before
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
- documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl"
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Options
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Right Footer
+\begin_inset Argument
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Options
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
- package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
- Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refeq Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-, see equation (
-\emph on
-eq
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Customized Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
-\family sans
-\emph on
-eq
-\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refpage Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-, page (
-\emph on
-page
-\emph default
-)
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- to every nomenclature entry, where
-\family sans
-\emph on
-page
-\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header/Footer line
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are furthermore the options
-\series bold
-croatian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-danish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-english
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-french
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-german
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-italian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-polish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-portuguese
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-russian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-spanish
-\series default
-, and
-\series bold
-ukrainian
-\series default
- to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
- language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
- class options list in the
+To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
+ to set the headings style to
+\family sans
+Fancy
+\family default
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- dialog.
- In this document the option
-\series bold
-intoc
-\series default
- is used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
- entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
-
+Layout
+\family default
+.
+ As a second step add in the menu
\family sans
-Description
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Modules
\family default
- field in the nomenclature dialog:
-\end_layout
+ the module
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+Custom Header/Footerlines
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefeq Like the
-\series bold
-refeq
-\series default
- option
+.
+ This module offers the following 6
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+styles:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefpage Like the
-\series bold
-refpage
-\series default
- option
-\end_layout
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefeqpage Short notation of
-\series bold
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefeq
-\backslash
-nomrefpage
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Header
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefeq,
+Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefpage,
+Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
+Footer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Printing
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
+ But you can change them anywhere you want to.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Page-layout"
-\begin_layout Standard
-To print the nomenclature, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lists
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
+\end_layout
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nomenclature
-\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family sans
-Nomenclature
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Header
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Header
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Header
+\end_layout
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
- command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-nomname
-\series default
- in the preamble.
- For example, in order to change the name to
-\emph on
-List of Symbols
-\emph default
-, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family roman
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
- by adding the following line to the preamble:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The normal text on the page goes here.
+ The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
+ footnotes).
+ Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
+ the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\family roman
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- The default value is 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cm.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Program
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Program
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Left Footer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Center Footer
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
- LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- by adding options, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right Footer
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl,makeindex"
-
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Branches
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branches
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Branches
+Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Branches"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
- For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
- pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
- document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
- The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
- To create a branch, go in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog to
-\family sans
-Branches
-\family default
-.
- The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
- the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
+To define your header line, add all 3
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header styles.
+ The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
+ the optional arguments on even pages.
+ For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
+ can be omitted.
+ If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ Defining the footer line works similar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
- These boxes are inserted via the menu
+For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
+ as TeX code (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch
-\family default
- where you can choose a branch.
- You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
-\end_layout
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Code
+\family default
+):
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\backslash
+thepage prints the current page number
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+leftmark prints the current section number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
+ title instead.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+leftmark
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+ because it usually goes in a left header.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
- For example you can define for the question branch
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
+ title instead.
+ It is normally used in the right header.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Default header/footer
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
+ The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
+ footer has the page number.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
+ relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
+ So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
+\family sans
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Footer
+\family default
+ style.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Appearance
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
+ Some pages are different.
+ The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
+ a new part or chapter in your book.
+ Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
+ There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
+ the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Header and footer decoration line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+By default, you get a 0.4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
+ This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+headrulewidth
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+
\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
+footrulewidth
+\series default
+ in the following scheme:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+renewcommand{
\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
+headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-and for the answer branch
+Where thickness is a size in standard units like
+\family sans
+pt
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+mm
+\family default
+.
+ If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+4.4 of the book
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Several header/footer lines
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
+ this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
+ text line.
+ To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+headheight
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
\backslash
-question}[1]{}
+footheight
+\series default
+ in this scheme in your document preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
+setlength{
\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
+headheight}{height}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+Where height is a size in standard units.
+ If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
+ your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
+ Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+La
\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+TeX Log
+\family default
+ and look via the button
+\family sans
+Next
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
+Warning
+\family default
+ if you find a warning of the package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
+ for your header/footer.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+This example
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
+ Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
+ This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Header
+\series bold
+\backslash
+rightmark
+\series default
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+Header empty, empty optional argument
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Header empty,
+\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
+leftmark
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Footer empty,
+\series bold
\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
+thepage
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Footer
+\family sans
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
+\family default
+\series default
+\color inherit
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now it is possible to use the commands
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- and
+Footer
\series bold
\backslash
-answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
+Roman{page}
\series default
- to obtain conditional output.
- Here is an example formula where only the
-\series bold
+, empty optional argument
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\backslash
-question
+headrulewidth set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+pt
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
+ For more special things like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
\series default
- part appears:
-\begin_inset Formula \[
-x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
+ package,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "fancyhdr"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
-
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle{headings}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches back to page style with the default headings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-PDF Properties
+Previewing Snippets of your Document
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:PDF-Properties"
+name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF properties
+Instant preview
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Document Settings
-\family default
- dialog allows you in the
-\family sans
-PDF Properties
-\family default
- to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
- All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
+LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
+ fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
+ to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Prerequisites
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
\series bold
-hyperref
+preview-latex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using
+ (on some systems named simply
\series bold
-hyperref
+preview
\series default
- will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
- This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
- table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
- document part.
- You can specify in the dialog tab
-\family sans
-Hyperlinks
+) installed.
+ If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ You obtain prettier results if you install the program
+\family typewriter
+pnmcrop
\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
- are created.
- The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
- entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
- is referenced.
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+netpbm
+\family default
+ package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
+ automatically installed together with LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling previews
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog tab
+If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
+ LaTeX, activate the option
\family sans
-Bookmarks
+Display
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Graphics
\family default
- you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
- document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
- You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
- or not.
- With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
- be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
- For example level
+ in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+dialog under
+\family sans
+Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1 will only display the sections.
-\end_layout
+feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Display
+\family default
+.
+ Then set
+\family sans
+Instant
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The header information in the dialog tab
+Preview
+\family default
+ to
\family sans
-General
+On
\family default
- are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+Preview
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+Size
+\family default
+ is the multiplication factor for the size.
+\end_layout
-automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
- When the option
+\begin_layout Standard
+Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
+ editing an inset.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
+ generated by activating the option
\family sans
-Automatic fill header
+Display
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Graphics
\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
- title and author settings.
+.
+ Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selected document parts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The option
+Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
+ for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
+ that are not yet supported by LyX.
+ To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
-Load in fullscreen mode
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preview
\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
+.
+ Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
+ The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
+ If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF properties are also used in this document.
- When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
-
+An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
\series bold
-hyperref
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox
\series default
- options are used.
- For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "hyperref"
+ which is not yet supported by LyX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox
+\series default
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Rotated and Scaled Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
+ boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
+ text.
+ Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
+ boxes into it.
+ Here is the result:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:TeX-Code"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Preview
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code Boxes
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Doublebox
+position "c"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1in"
+special "width"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Code
+with rotated
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ framed text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
- This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
- But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
- commands.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- A TeX Code box is created by the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-TeX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Code
-\family default
- or by the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/ert-insert.png
+ and a formula.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
- Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the LaTeX-command
+Previewing works also for colors.
+ In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox
+fcolorbox
\series default
-, you can write the command part
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
\backslash
-fbox{
-\series default
- in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
-\series bold
-}
+fcolorbox
\series default
- in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
- The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
- the following example:
-\end_layout
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Colored Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-gives
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Preview
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with a
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\backslash
-fbox{
+fboxrule 1mm
+\backslash
+fboxsep 1mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-framed
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+This is text within a colored, framed box.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
- word.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
+ above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
+ that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
+ by the TeX Code.
+ If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
+ to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
+ So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
+ preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
+ whole document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
-Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset Argument
-status collapsed
+LaTeX source code
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
+ Use the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Source
+\family default
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
+ currently in.
+ You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
+ selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
+ the source view window.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Advanced Find and Replace
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+Replace
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Find
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
-When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
+ format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
+ It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
+ The key-features are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
+ latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
+ mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
+ formulas
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
+ any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
+), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
+ a section heading will only be found within section headings
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Search may be widened to a specific
+\emph on
+scope
+\emph default
+, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-program
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- your text.
- This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- any time if you know the right commands.
- E.
+a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
+ all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
+\family sans
+Help
+\family default
+ menu
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
+ capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
- end of the day.
- Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
- all caption labels bold.
- But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
- in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
- day.
+all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Basic usage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Catalogue"
+The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Find & Replace
+\noun on
+ (
+\noun default
+Advanced
+\noun on
+)
+\family default
+\noun default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
+\end_inset
+) or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
.
+ This opens the
+\family sans
+Advanced Find and Replace
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Searching for text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As result you know that the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
+Enter into the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
+ on the
+\family sans
+Find Next
+\family default
+ button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ key).
+ The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
+, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
+ Pressing repeatedly
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ keeps searching forward.
+ Similarly, pressing
+\family sans
+Shift+Enter
+\family default
+ searches for the entered text backwards.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+While searching, the
+\family sans
+Case sensitive
+\family default
+ option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
+
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ The
+\family sans
+Whole words
+\family default
+ option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Searching for mathematics
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor a mathematical formula, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+ or also something more complex like
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
- is what you need.
- To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+.
+ When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
+ it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
+ the mentioned segments would be found in something like
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Style-aware search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
+ This is done by switching to the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
-) with the command
+ tab of the dialog and unchecking the
+\family sans
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option.
+ This way, entering in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Itemize
+a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
+ in emphasized or boldface.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Itemize
+an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
+ instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
+ Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
+ alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-usepackage[options]{package name}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
+ of if only within section headings.
+ Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
+ to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
+ style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
- Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
+ formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Replace
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In your case the package name is
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-.
- After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+The text segments matching the text entered in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\family default
+\noun on
-\series bold
-labelfont=bf
-\series default
- will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
- So you add the command
+\noun default
+editor.
+ In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\family default
+ button or alternatively
+\noun on
+
+\noun default
+press
+\family sans
+Enter
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Shift+Enter
+\family default
+ while being in the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\family default
+\noun on
+
+\noun default
+editor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
+ text segments in your document.
+ Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
+ a few):
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Itemize
+replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
+ same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
-\end_layout
+func()
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-to the preamble and the problem is solved.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ with its typewriter version
+\family typewriter
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more commands provided by the
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
- package, have a look at its documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "caption"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+func()
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+;
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
+ occurrences of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $R$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
- like your case.
- For example if you use a
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script
-\family default
- class, you don't need the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-, you can instead write
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+ with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
-\backslash
-bfseries}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the preamble and the problem is solved.
- So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
- documentation of the document class you want to use.
- (
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-setkomafont
-\series default
- is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
- text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
- argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+ (you may want to enable the
+\family sans
+Whole words
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Case sensitive
+\family default
+ options and disable the
+\family sans
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option in the
+\family sans
+Settings
+\family default
+ tab, in order to avoid replacing all
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+R
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Previewing Snippets of your Document
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+ letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
+\end_inset
+ with
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
\end_inset
+, or occurrences of
+\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ with
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Instant preview
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Advanced usage
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
-\end_layout
+A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
- fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
- to break your train of thought with
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
- LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-preview-latex
-\series default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+ You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
+ the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ This is done via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert Regular Expression
+\family default
+ while the cursor is in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
+ expression matching rules
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
-\end_layout
-
+Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
+ text segment, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- as explained below, and turn on
-\family sans
-Instant
+e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
+when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
+ to match expressions.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
+ same text in the document.
+ Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
+ Examples of using such a feature may be:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
in the
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
+Find
\family default
-dialog under Look
-\begin_inset space ~
+ editor the fraction
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (where the
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
-feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Display.
- The
+ on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
+ fractions with the given denominator.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
+ the
\family sans
-Preview
-\begin_inset space ~
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option from the
+\family sans
+Settings
+\family default
+ tab, entering a
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
-Size
-\family default
- is the multiplication factor for the size.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
- editing an inset.
- Previews of an already loaded document are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- generated just by selecting the
-\family sans
-Instant
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series default
+ regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
+ all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
+ Also, inserting a
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
+ regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
+ you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX will generate previews of math insets.
- It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
-\family sans
-Show
-\begin_inset space ~
+Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
+ enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
+\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- check box in the insert dialog.
- This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
- example.
-\end_layout
+, and referring back to them through
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-preview-latex
-\series default
- (on some systems named simply
-\series bold
-preview
-\series default
-) installed.
- If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
+\end_inset
+, etc..
+ For example, try searching for the regexp
+\begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
- You obtain prettier results if you install the program
-\family typewriter
-pnmcrop
-\family default
- from the
-\family typewriter
-netpbm
-\family default
- package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
- with LyX.
+ in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
+ and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
+ back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
- of it.
- Use the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-View
-\begin_inset space ~
+ always refers to the first occurrence of
+\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
-Source
-\family default
- and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
- The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
- currently in.
- You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
- selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
- To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
- the source view window.
+ in all entered regexps.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
+ implemented.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
- Rather it uses one of the external programs
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
-, or
-\family typewriter
-pspell
-\family default
- as backend.
- This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
- programs.
-
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- can be seen as the successor to
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-, and contrary to
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
-, it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
- aspell.
-
-\family typewriter
-hspell
-\family default
- is a Hebrew spell-checker.
- The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
- under
-\family sans
-Language Settings
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
- greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
- can be used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
+LyX has a built-in spell checker.
+ The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Spellchecker
+\family default
+, the key
+\family sans
+F7
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
- A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
- allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
+ you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the
+ In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
+n, if any could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
\family sans
-spell checker
+Replacement
\family default
- dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
- could be found.
- Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
-\family sans
-Replace
-\family default
- field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
+ field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
Settings
\family default
dialog.
- If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
- will bring an error message.
- In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
- specifying a different
-\family sans
-Alternative language
-\family default
- in preferences dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
+ You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
+ a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
+ have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
+ LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Limitations
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Further Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
- rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
- of the word.
- But you can use the
+In LyX's preferences dialog under
\family sans
-Find
+Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-&
+Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ you can set the following things:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Replace
+engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+ Depending on your platform,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
\family default
- dialog for that.
+ or
+\family typewriter
+enchant
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
+ Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This does work with
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ are available.
+ On Windows only
\family typewriter
-pspell
+hunspell
\family default
-, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
+ is available.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection*
-Further Settings
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Alternative
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Spellchecker
-\family default
- section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
+language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+ for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should consider, e.
+ should escape, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
- This should not normally be needed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Personal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
- the spell checker's default choice
+German umlauts.
+ This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-input
+Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- also for the spellchecker.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
+ Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
+ appear in the context menu.
+ Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
+ word.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The encodings are explained in section
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
-
+notes
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Only enable this if you use
-\family typewriter
-ispell
-\family default
- and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
- There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
- so this is disabled by default.
+comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
+ as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
- It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
- the
-\emph on
+ It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
+ (namely the
+\family typewriter
MyThes
-\emph default
+\family default
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
The
+\family typewriter
+MyThes
+\family default
\emph on
-MyThes/
+/
\emph default
OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
- already on your system.
- If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
+If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
+ files should be already on your system.
+ If not, you can get dictionaries either from
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or from the site
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
- archives (
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that, as of OpenOffice
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3.0, the files on
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ are usually packed in extension archives (
\emph on
*.oxt
\emph default
unpack a zip archive.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Put the
+\end_inset
+
+ Put the
\emph on
*.idx
\emph default
Thesaurus
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
selected.
A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
- replacement.
+ a replacement.
The proposals are grouped into categories.
- Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
- and hyponyms (such as
+ Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
+ only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
+
+\emph on
+organism
+\emph default
+ for
\emph on
plant
+\emph default
+), related terms (such as
+\emph on
+political
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+theory
\emph default
for
\emph on
-tree
+anarchistic
\emph default
), compounds (such as
\emph on
-tree diagram
+tree
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+diagram
+\emph default
+, if you look for
+\emph on
+tree
\emph default
-) and antonyms (such as
+) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
\emph on
-women
+girl
\emph default
for
\emph on
-men
+boy
\emph default
-), which are marked as such.
+).
+ Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
e.
- the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
- For example looking up the word forms
+ For example looking up the word form
+\change_deleted 2090807402 1338765333
+s
\emph on
reports
\emph default
- or
+ or
+\change_unchanged
+
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
report
\emph default
.
+
+\change_inserted 2090807402 1338765282
+The thesuarus is able to resolve inflected forms (so if you enter
+\emph on
+reports
+\emph default
+, it will resolve it to the form
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+ which is in the dictionary).
+ However, this may not always work.
+ So if you do not get any results for inflected forms, try the lemma form.
+
+\change_unchanged
Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
-
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\emph on
report
\emph default
part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-License of the Thesaurus library
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\emph on
-MyThes
-\emph default
- library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
-\noun on
-Kevin B.
- Hendricks
-\noun default
- as a standalone program.
- Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
- The library was released under the
-\emph on
-Berkeley Database License
-\emph default
-, which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
- In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
- MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
-\family sans
-~src/support/mythes/license.readme
-\family default
-.
- In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
-\family sans
-MyThes-License.txt
-\family default
- that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Change Tracking
\begin_inset Index idx
The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
the cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-merge.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
.
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
+ scale 90
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-track.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-output.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-output"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-next.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-next"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-accept.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-accept"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/change-reject.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-reject"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/changes-merge.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-accept"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-reject"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-next.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
+To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Comparison of Documents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Comparison of documents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Compare
+\family default
+.
+ The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
+ the differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
+ take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
+
+\family sans
+Copy
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Enable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+tracking
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+features
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+the
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ enables the change tracking option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\family default
+ to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
International Support
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
- other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
+If you have for example a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
+ can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you have a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
+ use an Italian keymap.
The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
+reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
There are a few things you need to know about this table.
- Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
- from the
+ Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
+s from the
\family typewriter
Latin1
\family default
\family default
-fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
- french quotes won't show up.
+ french quotes will not show up.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:The-latin1-character"
+name "tab:The-latin1-character"
\end_inset
The User Interface
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-User-Interface"
+name "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
- At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is used when more people are working on the same document.
+This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
+ one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
- NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
- (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
- The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
+Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
+ NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
+ (CSV).
+ The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to various file formats.
The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
- They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
+ They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
CJK
+\family default
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
-\family default
-format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK)
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX format of the special LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
+ Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DocBook
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
+ files paths or file names in your document.
+ LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
+ in files paths or file names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX) DVI-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Graphviz
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Dot text file with code in the programming language
+\family typewriter
+Dot
+\family default
+ which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
+\family typewriter
+Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(
+\family default
+LuaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+(
+\family default
+XeT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-y
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is replaced by the version number)
+book
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(La
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
+ music notation software
+\family typewriter
+LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Archive
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
+ your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
+ to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+L
\family sans
-OpenOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+z
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ represent the version number)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
\family sans
-KOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
+\family typewriter
+ NoWeb
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
-Abiword
+LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
, etc.
(The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
+\family default
+, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
+\family default
+, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Custom
+Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
+ programming language
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- custom format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The program
+.
+ Using the
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+R
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
- It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
- what you want.
-
+-function
\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Sweave
\family default
- produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+ it is possible to use
+\family typewriter
+R
+\family default
+-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
- the export program.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
+This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
prefix, see section
\begin_inset space ~
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Select Whole Inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
+ If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Select All
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find & Replace
+Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace (Advanced)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
- These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
+ These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
+ in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
- or a formula.
+These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
+ a formula.
Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
- that can be nested.
+These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
+ can be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+At the bottom of the
\family sans
View
\family default
- menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
- document with an external program.
- The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
- — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
- All possible formats are formats listed in section
+ menu the opened documents are listed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Open/Close all Insets
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens/closes all insets in your document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Unfold/Fold Math Macros
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Math macros are described in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Source
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
.
- You should at least see the menu entries
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- and
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View Messages
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a window showing console messages.
+ This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
+ while LaTeX is processing the document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
+ default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
+ The default output format is
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
(pdflatex)
\family default
.
- If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+View (Other Formats)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+ The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
+ actual document with an external program.
+ The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
+ the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
+ All possible formats are listed in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should at least see the menu entry
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Update
+\end_layout
-At the bottom of the
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- menu the opened documents are listed.
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
+ the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Open/Close all Insets
+Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens/closes all insets in your document.
+With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
+ of your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Unfold/Fold Math Macros
+View Master Document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
-\end_layout
+This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
+ which is then its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Math macros are described in the
+master
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (see section
\emph on
-Math
+Child Documents
\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-View Source
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for more information on this topic).
+ This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
+ That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
+ book,
+\family sans
+View Master
+\family default
+ generates the output of the whole book, while
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ will just output the chapter alone.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
+ in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-.
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Update
+Update Master Document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
- opening a new view window.
+This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
+ which is then its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+master
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (see section
+\emph on
+Child Documents
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for more information on this topic).
+ This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
+ its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
+ in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the document settings (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
- This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
- view the same document, but at different positions.
+ This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
+ to view the same document, but at different positions.
You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
or more documents at the same time.
To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
Panels
\family default
-, and
+,
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Macros
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
Math
\family default
\emph default
state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
or when a certain feature is enabled.
- That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
- is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
+ is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
is inside a formula or table, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
+
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
-
+For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
+ of
\series bold
tipa,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a, b
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\begin_inset script subscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3x
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
for a description.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
- The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
+ The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+ and the BibTeX bibliography in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
- Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
+ Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
- files in your document.
+This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
+ in your document.
How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
\emph on
External Stuff
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts an URL as described in section
+Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preview
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a preview inset, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
of the current document.
- This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
+ This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 and use the menu
+2.5 and use the submenu
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
- Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
- on a cross-reference box.
+Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
+ Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
+
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Label)
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forward Search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
+ in the output, see section
+\emph on
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
- highlighted document part.
+Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
+ document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
+Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
+em.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
- and needed programs it needs; see also section
+ and programs it needs; see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
menus.
+ If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
+ listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull-down box for the paragraph environments
+pull-down box for the environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-new.png
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/file-open.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-write.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/undo.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "undo"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/redo.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "redo"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/cut.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "cut"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/copy.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "copy"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/paste.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-emph.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the Edit
+Emphasize text, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/font-noun.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
+Set text to noun style, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-mode.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
- rotateOrigin center
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "toolbar-toggle math"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "toolbar-toggle table"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Enumerate"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Itemize"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_List.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout List"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout_Description.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout Description"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-increment.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/label-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/index-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/note-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/box-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "box-insert Frameless"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/url-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/ert-insert.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\family sans
eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+View
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-update"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
+Update
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "master-buffer-view"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
+Master
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
- rotateOrigin center
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "master-buffer-update"
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF
+Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Synchronize with Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
- rotateOrigin center
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
+\family sans
+*
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+View (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
- rotateOrigin center
+ filename ../images/update-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-
+*
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Postscript
+Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
+ icon set.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Other Toolbars
\end_layout
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual, the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
.
- You can save your document settings as default with th
+ You can save your document settings as default with the
\family sans
-e Save as Document Defaults
+ Save as Document Defaults
\family default
button in the dialog.
- This will create a template name
-\family typewriter
-d
-\family default
-
+ This will create a template named
\family typewriter
-default.lyx
+defaults.lyx
\family default
which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
using a template.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
+The button
+\family sans
+Use Class Defaults
+\family default
+ resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
+ This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
.
- Some classes use some class options by default.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the button
+\family sans
+Local
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Layout
+\family default
+ you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
+\emph on
+layouts
+\emph default
+ folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
+ For more about layout-files, see the chapter
+\emph on
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ Handbook.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some classes use special class options by default.
If this is the case, they are listed in the field
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
- If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
- recommended not to touch them.
- The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
- packages.
- When using
+ If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
+ recommended to leave them untouched.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics driver
+\family default
+ is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
+ If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you want one of the following drivers
+When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family default
-you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-2 in
+you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
+
+\emph on
+Driver support
+\emph default
+ in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
- child or subdocument.
- This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
- without its master.
+Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
+ or subdocument.
+ The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
+ document is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ instead of
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Child Documents
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
+ Please refer to the section
+\emph on
+Child
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Documents
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual for details.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Modules
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
skips.
- The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
-
+ The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
+ That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
+ concept.
However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
Page Layout
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Language-encodings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
+The known commands are defined in a text file (
+\emph on
+unicodesymbols
+\emph default
+).
You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
\emph on
than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
exactly one encoding.
- Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
+ Checking this option is the preferred setting.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
+ lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
+ choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
+ so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
+ with
\family sans
-XeTeX
+Language Default
\family default
+ (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
+ a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
+ because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
+ The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
+ engines to standard LaTeX.
+ Both engines support Unicode natively.
+ LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
- It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
- encoding.
- More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "XeTeX"
+
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+X)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (see below).
+X)
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTeX)
+\family default
+, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ So if you are using many special or accented characters and
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
- lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
- If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
- for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
- Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
- so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
- with
+The
\family sans
-Language Default
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+package
\family default
- (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
- a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
- because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
+ determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ of strings like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Part
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The possible settings are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default uses the language package that is selected in
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language Settings
+\family default
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
+ format you will use.
+ In many cases this will be
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If the newer package
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
+ this package will be used instead of
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Always
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Babel uses
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ even if
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+ would be more appropriate.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
+ For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
+\series bold
+ngerman
+\series default
+ (for German texts), type in
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ngerman}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+None will not use a language package.
+ This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
+1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
+8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
encoding
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
+8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\end_inset
8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
- Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
+ Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
+8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\series default
, when using this, set the document language to
\family sans
-Japanese (CJK)
+Japanese
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(CJK)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
+8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
- Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
+ Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
\end_layout
\family sans
XeTeX
\family default
-, which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
+ and
+\family sans
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "XeTeX"
-
-\end_inset
-
.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
+ or LuaTeX.
+ Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
+(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
\series bold
ucs
\series default
8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
- Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
-5 encoding instead
+ Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
+ encoding instead
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
+ current document.
+ See sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information on the language package.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Colors
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! main text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! background
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
+ for Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out notes (default: light grey).
+ The button
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+ sets the color back to the default.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
+ and for Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+boxes (default: red).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
+ (This Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out note appears blue in the output.)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
+\family sans
+Color
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+links
+\family default
+ in the document settings under
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+properties
+\family default
+, you probably also need to change the link font color by using
+\family sans
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+properties
+\family default
+.
+ For example the option
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+linkcolor=black
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the link text color to black.
+ For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "hyperref"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
+ page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code behind a forced page break:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the page color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+pagecolor{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+color{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The color name can hereby be one of these:
+\series bold
+black
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+blue
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+cyan
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+green
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+magenta
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+red
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+white
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+yellow
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
+ following names:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the page background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+page_backgroundcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the main text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+document_fontcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+box background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+shadecolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out note text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+note_fontcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
+\emph on
+Colored
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Cells
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
+Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
depth in the table of contents as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
+Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\end_inset
-, you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
+.
+ You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\end_inset
- and
+,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\end_inset
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+,
+\series bold
+mathdots
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+ und
\series bold
-amsmath
+mhchem
\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled
+\family sans
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+math
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+\emph on
+Big
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Operators
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+\emph on
+Ellipses
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+\emph on
+Chemical Symbols and Equations
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
+The float placement options are described in section
+\emph on
+Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Placement
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Listings
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Output
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format: The format that is used when you hit
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+View
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Update
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+View Master Document
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Update Master Document
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu or the toolbar.
+ The default is set in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File Formats
+\family default
+, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Synchronize
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+with
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output settings for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options settings for the export format
+\family sans
+LyXHTML
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Strict XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.1
+\family default
+ will assure that the output follows exactly version
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.1 of the XHTML standard.
+ The different
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ settings are described in detail in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
LaT
\begin_inset ERT
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
- to define LaTeX-commands.
+In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
+ or to define LaTeX-commands.
The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
doing.
Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
- effect.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
interface (ui) file.
- An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
+ A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
\shape italic
stdtoolbars.inc
\family sans
Toolbar
\family default
- entries must be ended with an explicit
+ entries must be finished with an explicit
\family sans
End
\family default
.
They may contain
\family sans
-Submenus
+Submenu
\family default
,
\family sans
-Items
+Item
\family default
,
\family sans
-OptItems
+OptItem
\family default
,
\family sans
-Separators
+Separator
\family default
,
\family sans
-Icons,
+Icon,
\family default
and in the case of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-file
+file_lastfiles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menus a
+ menu a
\family sans
Lastfiles
\family default
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
-to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+navigate_bookmarks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Icon Set
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
+ The currently available icon sets are compared in
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this image"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Allow saving
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-restoring of window layout and geometries
+Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
in the last LyX session.
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
- sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
- time.
+ sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
+ the last session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The button
+\family sans
+Clear all session information
+\family default
+ deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
+ of last opened documents, etc.).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Documents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+
\family sans
-Backup documents
+Backup original documents when saving
+\family default
+ creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
+ it was saved the last time.
+ It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
+\family sans
+Backup
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+directory
\family default
- is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The backup file has the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+.lyx~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Backup documents, every
+\family default
+, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Save documents compressed by default
+\family default
+ saves the files always in a compressed format.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+If the option
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
LyX.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ is only active if a LyXServer pipe
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for information about LyXServer pipes.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is specified.
+ If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
+ of LyX.
+ Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Single close-tab button
+\family default
+ there will only be one button (
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/closetab.png
+ scale 75
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
+ Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Screen Fonts
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
serif
\family default
- font, and
+ font and
\family typewriter
Courier
\family default
Zoom
\family default
setting.
- You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
- current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\family sans
-Screen DPI
+Font Sizes
\family default
- is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
- The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
+ are calculated as letter height in units of points.
72
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default
-\family sans
-Font Sizes
-\family default
- are the same as if a document font size of 10
+ The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt would be used.
+pt were used.
The sizes are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
+Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
Choose an item in the list and use the
\family sans
Alter
button.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By using the option
+\family sans
+Use system colors
+\family default
+ the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
+ The colors
+\family sans
+cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+label and URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ are then not customizable and thus not listed.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Display
\begin_inset Index idx
scrolling.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adjust the width of the cursor.
+ If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
+ to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Scroll below end of document
+\family default
+ is self-explanatory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
+\family sans
+Ctrl+arrow key
+\family default
+.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+ Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
+\family default
+ the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
+ Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
The option
\family sans
Limit text width
\family default
specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
- This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
- then centered.
+ This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
+ appears centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
broadway.bind
\shape default
, and bind files for special languages.
- The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
+ The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides this, you can specify here the
+You can furthermore specify here the
\family sans
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
slow it down.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Input Completion
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Input completion
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the section
+\family sans
+Scroll wheel zoom
+\family default
+ you can select a key for zooming.
+ When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Input Completion
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
- for text.
- With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
- popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
- not.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
+ button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
- When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
+ If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The backup files have the ending
+Backup files have the ending
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
-XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
+XServer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\series bold
-Note:
+Example:
\series default
- This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
-\end_layout
+ You add a BibTeX-database
+\emph on
+test.bib
+\emph default
+ to your document.
+ You can edit this file with the program
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+\family sans
+External
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
+ in your LyX file.
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The pipe is also used for the
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ feature, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Backup documents"
\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
+ You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
+ if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hunspell
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
+
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ are located.
+ You only need to specify it if you are using
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
+tive dictionaries.
+ For LyX on Windows
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
+ a directory.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
PATH
\begin_inset space ~
Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
-
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+TEXINPUTS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
+ are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
+ preamble.
+ This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
+ a single dot '.').
+ The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
+ of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
+ If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
+ scanned for the input files.
+ Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
+ to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
+ It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
+on may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Subsection
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Prefs-Language"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
- Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
- It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
You find the actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Default
+Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language is the language used in new documents
-\end_layout
+package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
+ issues.
+ Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
+ as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Language
-\begin_inset space ~
+Chapter
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
- issues.
- The default is the LaTeX-command
-\family sans
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-usepackage{babel}
-\family default
- that loads the package
+Table
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The most widespread language package is
\series bold
babel
\series default
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+, it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
+ More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
+ alternative language package
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
+ Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
+ covered by babel.
+ The available selections are described in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
- to the document language.
- A text label is, for instance, the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
-Table
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- at the beginning of every table caption.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
+start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
An example is the start command
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Use
+Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-babel Whether
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
- is used or not.
+Decimal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
+ alignment).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
+Set
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+languages
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
used by all LaTeX-packages.
Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
+begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
language.
When this option is not set, the
\family sans
\end_inset
languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
- language will be underlined blue.
+ language will be underlined in blue.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Outputs
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+General
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
+ the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+.
+ Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
+ line.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+format
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Date Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Date format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For example the format
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+%d/%m/%y
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+prints the date as day/month/year.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Overwrite
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search Commands that will be used for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Printer
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Printer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LaTeX uses for printing.
- The default is on most systems
+ The default is
\family sans
dvips
\family default
-.
+ on most systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
you are using.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Date Format
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Date Format
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Date format
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-For example the format
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-%d/%m/%y
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Description
+Adapt
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-prints the date as day/month/year.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Plain Text
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Output
+output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-line
+to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
- the menu
+printer This option works only for the
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Plain
-\begin_inset space ~
+Printer command
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-text
+
+\family sans
+dvips
\family default
-.
- Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
- line.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-roff
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
- with the
-\family typewriter
-groff/troff/nroff
-\family default
- UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
- Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Te
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+LaTe
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+font
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
\family sans
\family sans
LCY
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
X2
\family default
- are for Cyrillic.
+ are used for Cyrillic.
Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
- But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
- manuals of the applications.
- Currently the following commands can be set:
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
-CheckTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+viewer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+paper
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-X
+size
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
+options They only have an effect when the program
\family sans
-CheckTeX
+xdvi
\family default
- that is described in the section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+ is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-BibTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
+ But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
+ manuals of the applications.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-X
+\begin_layout Description
+Bibliography
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
- that generates the bibliography, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+CheckTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-viewer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-size
+X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-options They only have an effect when the program
+command Command for the program
\family sans
-xdvi
+CheckTeX
\family default
- is used as DVI-viewer.
+ that is described in the section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-classes
+class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
from one format to another.
- You can modify them or create new ones.
+ You can modify converters or create new ones.
To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
\family sans
Converter
flag
\family default
-, and press the
+ and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
in the
\family sans
-From
+To
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Converter
\family default
- field, and press the
+ field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the
+If the
\family sans
Converter File Cache
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
- the converter definition, is described in the section
+More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
+ definition, is described in the section
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
- is described in the section
+Furthermore, you can define the
+\family sans
+Default output format
+\family default
+ that is used when you use
+\family sans
+View, Update, View Master Document
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Update Master Document
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu or the toolbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+More about formats and their options is described in the section
\emph on
Formats
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
- to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
+ to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\family sans
Copier
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Units-available-in"
+name "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
To understand the units described in this documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
+reference "tab:Units"
\end_inset
placement h
wide false
sideways false
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Units"
+name "tab:Units"
\end_inset
Credits
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Credits"
+name "chap:Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
-target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
+target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
+http://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "tipa"
+key "prettyref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-tipa
+prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "wrapfig"
+key "refstyle"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-wrapfig
+refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "XeTeX"
+key "tipa"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
\end_inset
- how to use LyX with XeTeX:
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+tipa
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
-set_width "none"
+set_width "auto"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff